1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 198 * 199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 202 */ 203 204 /** 205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 206 * 207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 222 * 223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 225 * up a connection or after roaming. 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 232 * 233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 240 */ 241 242 /** 243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 244 * 245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In 247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using 248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 260 * that main netdev. 261 * 262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 265 */ 266 267 /** 268 * DOC: TID configuration 269 * 270 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 271 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 272 * 273 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 274 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 275 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 276 * 277 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 278 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 279 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 280 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 281 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 282 * will be overwritten. 283 * 284 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 285 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 286 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 287 * the interface goes down. 288 */ 289 290 /** 291 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 292 * 293 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 294 * 295 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 296 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 297 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 300 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 301 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 302 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 303 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 304 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 305 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 306 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 307 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 308 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 310 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 311 * 312 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 313 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 314 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 315 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 316 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 317 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 318 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 320 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 321 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 325 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 326 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 327 * 328 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 329 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 330 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 331 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 333 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 334 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 335 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 336 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 337 * 338 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 339 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 340 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 341 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 342 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 343 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 345 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 346 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 348 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 349 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 350 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 351 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 352 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 353 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 355 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 356 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 358 * 359 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 361 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 362 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 364 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 366 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 367 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 368 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 369 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 370 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 371 * frame). 372 * 373 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 374 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 375 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 377 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 378 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 379 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 380 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 381 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 382 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 383 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 384 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 385 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 386 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 387 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 388 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 389 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 390 * 391 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 392 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 393 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 394 * global regdomain will be returned. 395 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 396 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 397 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 398 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 399 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 400 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 401 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 402 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 403 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 404 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 405 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 406 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 407 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 408 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 409 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 410 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 412 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 413 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 414 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 415 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 416 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 417 * 418 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 419 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 420 * 421 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 422 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 423 * 424 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 425 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 426 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 427 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 428 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 429 * added to all specified management frames generated by 430 * kernel/firmware/driver. 431 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 432 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 433 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 434 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 435 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 436 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 437 * 438 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 439 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 440 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 441 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 442 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 443 * be used. 444 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 445 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 446 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 447 * partial scan results may be available 448 * 449 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 450 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 452 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 453 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 454 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 455 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 456 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 457 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 458 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 459 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 460 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 461 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 462 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 463 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 464 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 465 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 466 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 467 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 468 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 469 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 470 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 471 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 472 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 473 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 474 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 475 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 476 * results available. 477 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 478 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 479 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 480 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 481 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 482 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 483 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 484 * 485 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 486 * or noise level 487 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 488 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 491 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 492 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 493 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 494 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 495 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 496 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 497 * ESS. 498 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 499 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 500 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 501 * authentication. 502 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 503 * 504 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 505 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 506 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 507 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 508 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 509 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 510 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 511 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 512 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 513 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 514 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 515 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 516 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 517 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 518 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 519 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 520 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 521 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 522 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 523 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 524 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 525 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 526 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 527 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 528 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 529 * the beacon hint was processed. 530 * 531 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 532 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 533 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 534 * authentication process. 535 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 536 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 537 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 538 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 539 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 540 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 541 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 542 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 543 * to be added to the frame. 544 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 545 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 546 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 547 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 548 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 549 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 550 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 551 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 552 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 553 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 554 * pending authentication timed out). 555 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 556 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 557 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 558 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 559 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 560 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 561 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 562 * included). 563 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 564 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 565 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 566 * primitives). 567 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 568 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 569 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 570 * 571 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 572 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 573 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 574 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 575 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 576 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 577 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 578 * 579 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 580 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 581 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 582 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 583 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 584 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 585 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 586 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 587 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 588 * determined by the network interface. 589 * 590 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 591 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 592 * to the driver. 593 * 594 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 595 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 596 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 597 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 598 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 599 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 600 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 601 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 602 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 603 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 604 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 605 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 606 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 607 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 608 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 609 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 610 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 611 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 612 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 613 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 614 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 615 * a different BSS is desired. 616 * Background scan period can optionally be 617 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 618 * if not specified default background scan configuration 619 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 620 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 621 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 622 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 623 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 624 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 625 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 626 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 627 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 628 * well to remain backwards compatible. 629 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 630 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 631 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 632 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 633 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 634 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 635 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 636 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 637 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 638 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 639 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 640 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 641 * 642 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 643 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 644 * 645 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 646 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 647 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 648 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 649 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 650 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 651 * frequency for the operation. 652 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 653 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 654 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 655 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 656 * radio). 657 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 658 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 659 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 660 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 661 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 662 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 663 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 664 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 665 * uniquely identify the request. 666 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 667 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 668 * 669 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 670 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 671 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 672 * 673 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 674 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 675 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 676 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 677 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 678 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 679 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 680 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 681 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 682 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 683 * backward compatibility 684 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 685 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 686 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 687 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 688 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 689 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 690 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 691 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 692 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 693 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 694 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 695 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 696 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 697 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 698 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 699 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 700 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 701 * is used during CSA period. 702 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 703 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 704 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 705 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 706 * wait time. 707 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 708 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 709 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 710 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 711 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 712 * the frame. 713 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 714 * backward compatibility. 715 * 716 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 717 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 718 * 719 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 720 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 721 * levels. 722 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 723 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 724 * reached. 725 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 726 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 727 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 728 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 729 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 730 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 731 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 732 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 733 * precedence when they are used. 734 * 735 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 736 * 737 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 738 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 739 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 740 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 741 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 742 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 743 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 744 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 745 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 746 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 747 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 748 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 749 * command, the feature is disabled. 750 * 751 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 752 * mesh config parameters may be given. 753 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 754 * network is determined by the network interface. 755 * 756 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 757 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 758 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 759 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 760 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 761 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 762 * 763 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 764 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 765 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 766 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 767 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 768 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 769 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 770 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 771 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 772 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 773 * depending on the authentication result. 774 * 775 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 776 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 777 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 778 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 779 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 780 * more background information, see 781 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 782 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 783 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 784 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 785 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 786 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 787 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 788 * 789 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 790 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 791 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 792 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 793 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 794 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 795 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 796 * 797 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 798 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 799 * 800 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 801 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 802 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 803 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 804 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 805 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 806 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 807 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 808 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 809 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 810 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 811 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 812 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 813 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 814 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 815 * 816 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 817 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 818 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 819 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 820 * is received. 821 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 822 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 823 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 824 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 825 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 826 * 827 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 828 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 829 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 830 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 831 * 832 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 833 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 834 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 835 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 836 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 837 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 838 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 839 * 840 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 841 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 842 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 843 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 844 * 845 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 846 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 847 * 848 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 849 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 850 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 851 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 852 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 853 * from the remote AP) is completed; 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 856 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 857 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 858 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 859 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 860 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 861 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 862 * interfaces to change channel as well. 863 * 864 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 865 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 866 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 867 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 868 * public action frame TX. 869 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 870 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 871 * 872 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 873 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 874 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 875 * is used for this. 876 * 877 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 878 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 879 * 880 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 881 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 882 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 883 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 884 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 885 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 886 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 887 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 888 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 891 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 892 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 893 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 894 * while operating on this channel. 895 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 896 * event. 897 * 898 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 899 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 900 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 901 * 902 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 903 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 904 * 905 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 906 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 907 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 908 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 909 * 910 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 911 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 912 * complete. 913 * 914 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 915 * return back to normal. 916 * 917 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 918 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 919 * 920 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 921 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 922 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 923 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 924 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 925 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 926 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 927 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 928 * switch is complete. 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 931 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 932 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 933 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 934 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 935 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 936 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 937 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 938 * 939 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 940 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 941 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 942 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 943 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 944 * 945 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 946 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 947 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 948 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 949 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 950 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 951 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 952 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 953 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 954 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 955 * fail even if the check was successful. 956 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 957 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 958 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 959 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 960 * 961 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 962 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 963 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 964 * 965 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 966 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 967 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 968 * network is determined by the network interface. 969 * 970 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 971 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 972 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 973 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 974 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 975 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 976 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 977 * AP. 978 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 979 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 980 * when this command completes. 981 * 982 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 983 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 984 * management. 985 * 986 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 987 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 988 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 989 * 990 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 991 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 992 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 993 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 994 * cluster. This command must have a valid 995 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 996 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 997 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 998 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 999 * added. 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1001 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1002 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1003 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1004 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1005 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1006 * of the function upon success. 1007 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1008 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1009 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1010 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1011 * which just terminated. 1012 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1013 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1014 * the response to this command. 1015 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1016 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1017 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1018 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1019 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1020 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1021 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1022 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1023 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1025 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1026 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1027 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1028 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1029 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1030 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1031 * 1032 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1033 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1034 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1035 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1036 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1037 * 1038 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1039 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1040 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1041 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1042 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1043 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1044 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1045 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 1046 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 1047 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 1048 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 1049 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 1050 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 1051 * 1052 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1053 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1054 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1055 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1056 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1057 * 802.11 headers. 1058 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1059 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1060 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1061 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1062 * 1063 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1064 * 1065 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1066 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1067 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1068 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1069 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1070 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1071 * 1072 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1073 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1074 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1075 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1076 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1077 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1078 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1080 * command interface. 1081 * 1082 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1083 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1084 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1085 * 1086 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1087 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1088 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1089 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1090 * 1091 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1092 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1093 * 1094 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1095 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1096 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1097 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1098 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1099 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1100 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in 1101 * the netlink extended ack message. 1102 * 1103 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1104 * 1105 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1106 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1107 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1108 * buffer size. 1109 * 1110 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1111 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1112 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1113 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1114 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1115 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1116 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1117 * 1118 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1119 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1120 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1121 * determining the width and type. 1122 * 1123 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1124 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1125 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1126 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1127 * 1128 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1129 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1130 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1131 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1132 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1133 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1134 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1135 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1136 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1137 * rate selection. 1138 * 1139 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1140 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1141 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1142 * 1143 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1144 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1145 * 1146 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1147 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1148 */ 1149 enum nl80211_commands { 1150 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1151 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1152 1153 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1154 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1155 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1156 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1157 1158 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1159 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1160 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1161 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1162 1163 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1164 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1165 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1166 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1167 1168 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1169 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1170 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1171 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1172 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1173 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1174 1175 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1176 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1177 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1178 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1179 1180 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1181 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1182 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1183 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1184 1185 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1186 1187 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1188 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1189 1190 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1191 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1192 1193 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1194 1195 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1196 1197 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1198 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1199 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1200 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1201 1202 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1203 1204 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1205 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1206 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1207 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1208 1209 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1210 1211 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1212 1213 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1214 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1215 1216 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1217 1218 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1219 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1220 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1221 1222 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1223 1224 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1225 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1226 1227 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1228 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1229 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1230 1231 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1232 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1233 1234 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1235 1236 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1237 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1238 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1239 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1240 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1241 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1242 1243 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1244 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1245 1246 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1247 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1248 1249 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1250 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1251 1252 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1253 1254 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1255 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1256 1257 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1258 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1259 1260 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1261 1262 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1263 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1264 1265 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1266 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1267 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1268 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1269 1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1271 1272 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1273 1274 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1275 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1276 1277 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1278 1279 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1280 1281 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1282 1283 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1284 1285 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1286 1287 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1288 1289 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1290 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1291 1292 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1293 1294 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1295 1296 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1297 1298 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1299 1300 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1301 1302 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1303 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1304 1305 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1306 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1307 1308 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1309 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1310 1311 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1312 1313 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1314 1315 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1316 1317 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1318 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1319 1320 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1321 1322 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1323 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1324 1325 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1326 1327 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1328 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1329 1330 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1331 1332 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1333 1334 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1335 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1336 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1337 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1338 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1339 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1340 1341 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1342 1343 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1344 1345 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1346 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1347 1348 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1349 1350 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1351 1352 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1355 1356 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1357 1358 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1359 1360 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1361 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1362 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1363 1364 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1367 1368 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1369 1370 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1371 1372 /* add new commands above here */ 1373 1374 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1375 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1376 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1377 }; 1378 1379 /* 1380 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1381 * here 1382 */ 1383 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1384 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1385 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1386 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1387 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1388 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1389 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1390 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1391 1392 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1393 1394 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1395 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1396 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1397 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1398 1399 /** 1400 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1401 * 1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1403 * 1404 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1405 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1409 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1410 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1411 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1412 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1414 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1415 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1417 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1419 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1421 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1422 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1423 * this attribute) 1424 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1425 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1426 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1427 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1429 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1430 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1431 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1432 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1433 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1435 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1436 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1438 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1439 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1441 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1442 * 1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1446 * 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1448 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1449 * 1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1451 * 1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1453 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1454 * keys 1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1457 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1459 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1462 * default management key 1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1464 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1466 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1467 * 1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1472 * 1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1475 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1477 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1479 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1480 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1482 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1484 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1485 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1486 * 1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1488 * consisting of a nested array. 1489 * 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1492 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1495 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1496 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1497 * 1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1499 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1500 * 1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1502 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1503 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1504 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1505 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1506 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1507 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1508 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1509 * to a specific alpha2. 1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1511 * rules. 1512 * 1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1515 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1517 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1519 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1520 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1521 * 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1523 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1524 * 1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1526 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1527 * of the interface mode. 1528 * 1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1530 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1531 * 1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1533 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1534 * 1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1536 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1538 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1540 * that can be added to a scan request 1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1542 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1544 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1545 * 1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1548 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1550 * 1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1552 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1554 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1555 * 1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1557 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1558 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1559 * 1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1561 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1562 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1565 * represented as a u32 1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1567 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1568 * 1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1570 * a u32 1571 * 1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1573 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1574 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1575 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1576 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1578 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1579 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1580 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1581 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1582 * 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1584 * cipher suites 1585 * 1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1587 * for other networks on different channels 1588 * 1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1590 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1591 * 1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1593 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1594 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1595 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1596 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1597 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1598 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1599 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1600 * 1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1602 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1603 * 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1605 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1606 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1607 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1608 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1609 * default in station mode. 1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1611 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1612 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1613 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1614 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1615 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1618 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1620 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1621 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1622 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1623 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1624 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1625 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1626 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1627 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1628 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1629 * 1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1631 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1632 * 1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1634 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1635 * a local disconnect request. 1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1637 * event (u16) 1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1639 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1640 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1641 * 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1643 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1644 * (an array of u32). 1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1646 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1647 * u32). 1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1649 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1650 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1652 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1653 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1654 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1655 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1656 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1657 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1658 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1659 * 1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1661 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1663 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1664 * 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1666 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1667 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1668 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1669 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1670 * 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1672 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1674 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1675 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1676 * 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1678 * 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1680 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1681 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1682 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1683 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1684 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1685 * completely from scratch. 1686 * 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1688 * 1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1690 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1691 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1692 * 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1695 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1696 * 1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1699 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1700 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1701 * 1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1703 * 1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1705 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1706 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1707 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1708 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1709 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1710 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1711 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1712 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1713 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1714 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1715 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1716 * 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1718 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1720 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1722 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1723 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1724 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1726 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1727 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1728 * 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1730 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1731 * 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1733 * 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1735 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1736 * 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1738 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1739 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1740 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1741 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1742 * 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1744 * connected to this BSS. 1745 * 1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1747 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1749 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1750 * for non-automatic settings. 1751 * 1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1753 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1754 * 1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1756 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1757 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1758 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1759 * 1760 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1761 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1762 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1763 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1764 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1765 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1766 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1767 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1768 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1769 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1770 * 1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1772 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1773 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1774 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1775 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1776 * 1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1778 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1779 * 1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1781 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1782 * 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1784 * 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1786 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1787 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1788 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1789 * nl80211 capability flag. 1790 * 1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1794 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1795 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1796 * 1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1798 * changed once the mesh is active. 1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1800 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1802 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1803 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1805 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1806 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1807 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1808 * 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1810 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1812 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1813 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1814 * triggers. 1815 * 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1817 * cycles, in msecs. 1818 * 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1820 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1821 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1822 * pass-thru filter rules. 1823 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1824 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1825 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1826 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1827 * able to ignore them by itself. 1828 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1829 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1830 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1831 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1832 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1833 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1834 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1835 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1836 * 1837 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1838 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1839 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1841 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1842 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1843 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1844 * 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1846 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1847 * 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1849 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1850 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1851 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1852 * 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1854 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1855 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1858 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1859 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1860 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1862 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1863 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1864 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1865 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1866 * 1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1868 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1870 * as AP. 1871 * 1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1873 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1874 * 1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1876 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1877 * 1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1879 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1880 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1881 * applications use this attribute. 1882 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1883 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1884 * 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1886 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1887 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1889 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1891 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1893 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1895 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1896 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1897 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1900 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1901 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1902 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1903 * 1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1905 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1906 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1907 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1908 * 1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1910 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1912 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1913 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1914 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1915 * 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1917 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1918 * to be filled by the FW. 1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1920 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1922 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1923 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1924 * The values that may be configured are: 1925 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1926 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1927 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1928 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1929 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1930 * 1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1932 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1933 * to one DFS region. 1934 * 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1936 * up to 16 TIDs. 1937 * 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1939 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1940 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1941 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1942 * capability to timeout the stations. 1943 * 1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1945 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1946 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1947 * 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1949 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1950 * 1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1952 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1953 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1954 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1955 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1956 * 1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1958 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1959 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1960 * 1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1962 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1963 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1964 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1965 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1966 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1967 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1968 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1969 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1970 * consistent. 1971 * 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1973 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1974 * 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1976 * 1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1978 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1980 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1981 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1982 * no change is made. 1983 * 1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1985 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1986 * 1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1988 * carried in a u32 attribute 1989 * 1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1991 * MAC ACL. 1992 * 1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1994 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1995 * ACL. 1996 * 1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1998 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1999 * 2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2001 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2002 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2004 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2005 * 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2007 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2010 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2011 * and PU-APSD. 2012 * 2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2014 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2015 * 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2017 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2018 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2019 * 2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2021 * 2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2023 * Element 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2026 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2028 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2029 * 2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2031 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2032 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2033 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2034 * 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2036 * 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2038 * until the channel switch event. 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2040 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2041 * operation). 2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2043 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2045 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2046 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2047 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2048 * 2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2050 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2053 * 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2055 * supported operating classes. 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2058 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2059 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2060 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2061 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2062 * IBSS network. 2063 * 2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2065 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2067 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2070 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2071 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2072 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2073 * u8 attribute. 2074 * 2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2076 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2079 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2081 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2082 * 2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2084 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2085 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2086 * 2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2089 * 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2091 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2092 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2093 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2094 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2095 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2096 * 2097 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2098 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2100 * supported number of csa counters. 2101 * 2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2103 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2104 * 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2106 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2107 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2108 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2109 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2110 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2111 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2112 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2113 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2114 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2115 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2116 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2117 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2118 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2119 * multicast group. 2120 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2121 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2122 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2123 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2124 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2125 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2126 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2127 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2128 * 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2130 * the TDLS link initiator. 2131 * 2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2133 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2134 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2135 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2136 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2137 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2138 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2139 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2140 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2141 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2142 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2143 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2144 * 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2146 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2147 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2148 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2149 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2150 * 2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2154 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2155 * 2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2157 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2158 * 2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2160 * 2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2162 * 2163 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2164 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2165 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2166 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2167 * 2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2169 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2170 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2171 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2172 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2173 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2174 * 2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2176 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2177 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2178 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2179 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2180 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2181 * over all channels. 2182 * 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2184 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2185 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2186 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2187 2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2189 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2190 * 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2192 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2194 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2196 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2198 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2199 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2200 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2201 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2202 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2204 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2205 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2206 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2208 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2209 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2210 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2211 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2212 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2213 * 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2215 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2216 * 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2218 * 2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2220 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2221 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2222 * interface type. 2223 * 2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2225 * groupID for monitor mode. 2226 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2227 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2228 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2229 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2230 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2231 * each group. 2232 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2233 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2234 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2235 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2236 * groupID data. 2237 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2239 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2240 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2241 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2242 * 2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2244 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2245 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2246 * attribute must not be included). 2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2250 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2251 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2252 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2253 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2255 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2256 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2257 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2258 * 2259 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2260 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2261 * 2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2263 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2264 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2265 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2266 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2268 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2269 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2270 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2271 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2272 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2273 * the device will decide what to use. 2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2275 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2276 * attribute. 2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2278 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2280 * protection. 2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2282 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2283 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2284 * 2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2286 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2287 * 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2289 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2290 * 2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2292 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2293 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2294 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2295 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2296 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2297 * unnecessary wakeups. 2298 * 2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2300 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2301 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2302 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2303 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2304 * 2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2306 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2307 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2308 * 2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2310 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2311 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2312 * 2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2314 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2315 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2316 * 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2318 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2319 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2320 * 2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2322 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2323 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2324 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2325 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2326 * 2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2328 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2330 * 2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2332 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2333 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2334 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2335 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2336 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2337 * 2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2339 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2341 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2342 * 2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2344 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2345 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2347 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2348 * 2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2350 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2351 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2352 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2354 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2355 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2356 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2357 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2358 * 2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2360 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2361 * 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2363 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2365 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the 2367 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2368 * enforced. 2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2370 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2371 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2372 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2373 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2374 * 2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2376 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2377 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2378 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2379 * 2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2381 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2382 * 2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2384 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2385 * invalid value. 2386 * 2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2388 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2389 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2390 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2391 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2392 * 2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2394 * scheduler. 2395 * 2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2397 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2398 * possible values. 2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2400 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2401 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2402 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2403 * or per-station. 2404 * 2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2406 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2407 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2408 * 2409 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2410 * 2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2412 * functionality. 2413 * 2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2415 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2416 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2418 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2419 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2420 * 2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2422 * (u16). 2423 * 2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2425 * 2426 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2427 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2428 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2429 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2430 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2431 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2432 * 2433 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2434 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2435 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2436 * attributes. 2437 * 2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2439 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2440 * 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2442 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2443 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2444 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2445 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2446 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2447 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2448 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2449 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2450 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2451 * 2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2453 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2454 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2455 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2456 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2457 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2458 * has expired. 2459 * 2460 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2461 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2462 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2463 * disassociation is still forced. 2464 * 2465 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2466 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2467 * 2468 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2470 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2471 */ 2472 enum nl80211_attrs { 2473 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2474 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2475 2476 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2477 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2478 2479 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2480 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2481 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2482 2483 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2484 2485 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2486 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2487 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2488 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2489 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2490 2491 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2492 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2493 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2494 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2495 2496 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2497 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2498 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2499 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2500 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2501 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2502 2503 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2504 2505 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2506 2507 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2508 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2509 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2510 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2511 2512 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2513 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2514 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2515 2516 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2517 2518 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2519 2520 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2521 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2522 2523 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2524 2525 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2526 2527 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2528 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2529 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2530 2531 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2532 2533 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2534 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2535 2536 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2537 2538 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2540 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2541 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2542 2543 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2544 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2545 2546 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2547 2548 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2549 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2550 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2551 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2552 2553 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2554 2555 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2557 2558 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2559 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2560 2561 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2562 2563 2564 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2565 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2566 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2567 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2568 2569 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2570 2571 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2572 2573 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2574 2575 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2576 2577 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2578 2579 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2580 2581 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2582 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2583 2584 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2585 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2586 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2587 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2588 2589 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2591 2592 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2593 2594 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2595 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2596 2597 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2598 2599 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2600 2601 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2602 2603 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2604 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2605 2606 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2607 2608 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2609 2610 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2611 2612 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2613 2614 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2615 2616 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2617 2618 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2619 2620 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2621 2622 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2623 2624 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2625 2626 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2627 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2628 2629 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2630 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2631 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2632 2633 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2634 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2635 2636 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2637 2638 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2639 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2640 2641 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2642 2643 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2644 2645 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2646 2647 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2648 2649 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2650 2651 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2652 2653 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2654 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2655 2656 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2657 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2658 2659 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2660 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2661 2662 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2663 2664 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2665 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2666 2667 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2668 2669 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2670 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2671 2672 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2673 2674 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2675 2676 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2677 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2680 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2681 2682 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2683 2684 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2685 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2686 2687 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2688 2689 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2692 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2693 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2694 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2695 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2696 2697 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2698 2699 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2700 2701 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2702 2703 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2704 2705 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2706 2707 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2708 2709 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2710 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2715 2716 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2717 2718 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2719 2720 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2721 2722 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2723 2724 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2725 2726 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2727 2728 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2729 2730 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2731 2732 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2733 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2734 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2735 2736 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2737 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2738 2739 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2742 2743 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2744 2745 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2746 2747 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2748 2749 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2750 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2751 2752 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2753 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2754 2755 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2756 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2759 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2760 2761 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2762 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2763 2764 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2765 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2766 2767 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2768 2769 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2770 2771 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2772 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2773 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2774 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2775 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2776 2777 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2778 2779 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2780 2781 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2782 2783 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2784 2785 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2786 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2787 2788 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2789 2790 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2791 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2792 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2793 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2794 2795 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2796 2797 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2798 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2799 2800 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2801 2802 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2803 2804 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2805 2806 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2807 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2808 2809 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2810 2811 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2812 2813 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2814 2815 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2816 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2817 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2818 2819 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2820 2821 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2822 2823 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2824 2825 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2826 2827 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2828 2829 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2830 2831 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2832 2833 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2834 2835 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2836 2837 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2838 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2839 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2840 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2841 2842 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2843 2844 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2845 2846 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2847 2848 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2849 2850 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2851 2852 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2853 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2854 2855 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2856 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2857 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2858 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2859 2860 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2861 2862 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2863 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2864 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2865 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2866 2867 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2868 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2869 2870 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2871 2872 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2873 2874 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2875 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2876 2877 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2878 2879 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2880 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2881 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2882 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2883 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2884 2885 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2886 2887 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2888 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2889 2890 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2891 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2892 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2893 2894 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2895 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2896 2897 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2898 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2899 2900 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2903 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2904 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2905 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2906 2907 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2908 2909 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2910 2911 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2912 2913 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2914 2915 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2916 2917 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2918 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2919 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2920 2921 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2922 2923 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2924 2925 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2926 2927 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2928 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2929 2930 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 2931 2932 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 2933 2934 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 2935 2936 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 2937 2938 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 2939 2940 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 2941 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 2944 2945 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2946 2947 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2948 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2949 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2950 }; 2951 2952 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2953 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2954 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2955 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2956 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2957 2958 /* 2959 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2960 * here 2961 */ 2962 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2963 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2964 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2965 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2966 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2967 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2968 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2969 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2970 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2971 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2972 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2973 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2974 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2975 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2976 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2977 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2978 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2979 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2980 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2981 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2982 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2983 2984 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2985 2986 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2987 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2988 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 2989 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2990 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2991 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2992 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2993 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2994 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2995 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 2996 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2997 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2998 2999 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3000 3001 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3002 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3003 3004 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3005 3006 /** 3007 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3008 * 3009 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3010 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3011 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3012 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3013 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3014 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3015 * AP type interface. 3016 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3017 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3018 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3019 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3020 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3021 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3022 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3023 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3024 * commands to create and destroy one 3025 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3026 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3027 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3028 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3029 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3030 * 3031 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3032 * to set the type of an interface. 3033 * 3034 */ 3035 enum nl80211_iftype { 3036 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3037 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3038 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3039 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3040 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3041 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3042 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3043 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3044 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3045 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3046 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3047 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3048 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3049 3050 /* keep last */ 3051 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3052 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3053 }; 3054 3055 /** 3056 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3057 * 3058 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3059 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3060 * 3061 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3062 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3063 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3064 * with short barker preamble 3065 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3066 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3067 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3068 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3069 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3070 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3071 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3072 * as errors.) 3073 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3074 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3075 * previously added station into associated state 3076 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3077 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3078 */ 3079 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3080 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3081 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3082 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3083 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3084 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3085 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3086 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3087 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3088 3089 /* keep last */ 3090 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3091 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3092 }; 3093 3094 /** 3095 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3096 * 3097 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3098 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3099 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3100 */ 3101 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3102 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3103 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3104 3105 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3106 }; 3107 3108 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3109 3110 /** 3111 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3112 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3113 * @set: which values to set them to 3114 * 3115 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3116 */ 3117 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3118 __u32 mask; 3119 __u32 set; 3120 } __attribute__((packed)); 3121 3122 /** 3123 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3124 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3125 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3126 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3127 */ 3128 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3129 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3130 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3131 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3132 }; 3133 3134 /** 3135 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3136 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3137 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3138 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3139 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3140 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3141 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3142 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3143 */ 3144 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3145 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3146 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3147 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3148 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3149 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3150 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3151 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3152 }; 3153 3154 /** 3155 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3156 * 3157 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3158 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3159 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3160 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3161 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3162 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3163 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3164 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3165 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3166 * 3167 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3168 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3169 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3170 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3171 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3172 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3173 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3174 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3175 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3176 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3177 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3178 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3179 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3180 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3181 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3182 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3183 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3184 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3185 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3186 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3187 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3188 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3189 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3190 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3191 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3192 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3193 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3194 */ 3195 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3196 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3197 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3198 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3199 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3200 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3201 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3202 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3203 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3204 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3205 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3206 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3207 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3208 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3209 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3210 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3211 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3212 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3213 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3214 3215 /* keep last */ 3216 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3217 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3218 }; 3219 3220 /** 3221 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3222 * 3223 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3224 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3225 * 3226 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3227 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3228 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3229 * (flag) 3230 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3231 * (flag) 3232 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3233 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3234 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3235 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3236 */ 3237 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3238 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3239 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3240 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3241 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3242 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3243 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3244 3245 /* keep last */ 3246 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3247 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3248 }; 3249 3250 /** 3251 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3252 * 3253 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3254 * when getting information about a station. 3255 * 3256 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3257 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3258 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3259 * (u32, from this station) 3260 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3261 * (u32, to this station) 3262 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3263 * (u64, from this station) 3264 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3265 * (u64, to this station) 3266 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3267 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3268 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3269 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3270 * (u32, from this station) 3271 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3272 * (u32, to this station) 3273 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3274 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3275 * (u32, to this station) 3276 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3277 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3278 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3279 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3280 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3281 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3282 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3283 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3284 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3285 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3286 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3287 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3288 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3289 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3290 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3291 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3292 * non-peer STA 3293 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3294 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3295 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3296 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3297 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3298 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3299 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3300 * (u64) 3301 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3302 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3303 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3304 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3305 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3306 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3307 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3308 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3309 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3310 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3311 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3312 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3313 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3314 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3315 * (u32, from this station) 3316 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3317 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3318 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3319 * might not be fully accurate. 3320 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3321 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3322 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3323 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3324 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3325 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3326 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3327 * of STA's association 3328 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3329 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3330 */ 3331 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3332 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3333 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3334 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3335 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3336 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3337 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3338 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3339 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3340 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3341 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3342 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3343 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3344 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3345 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3346 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3347 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3348 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3349 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3350 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3351 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3352 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3353 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3354 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3355 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3356 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3357 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3358 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3359 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3360 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3361 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3362 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3363 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3364 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3365 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3366 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3367 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3368 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3369 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3370 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3371 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3372 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3373 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3374 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3375 3376 /* keep last */ 3377 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3378 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3379 }; 3380 3381 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3382 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3383 3384 3385 /** 3386 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3387 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3388 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3389 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3390 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3391 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3392 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3393 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3394 * MSDUs (u64) 3395 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3396 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3397 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3398 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3399 */ 3400 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3401 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3402 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3403 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3404 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3405 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3406 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3407 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3408 3409 /* keep last */ 3410 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3411 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3412 }; 3413 3414 /** 3415 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3416 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3417 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3418 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3419 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3420 * backlogged 3421 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3422 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3423 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3424 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3425 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3426 * (only for per-phy stats) 3427 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3428 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3429 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3430 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3431 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3432 */ 3433 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3434 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3435 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3436 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3437 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3438 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3439 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3440 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3441 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3442 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3443 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3444 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3445 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3446 3447 /* keep last */ 3448 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3449 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3450 }; 3451 3452 /** 3453 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3454 * 3455 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3456 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3457 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3458 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3459 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3460 */ 3461 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3462 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3463 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3464 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3465 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3466 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3467 }; 3468 3469 /** 3470 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3471 * 3472 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3473 * information about a mesh path. 3474 * 3475 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3476 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3477 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3478 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3479 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3480 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3481 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3482 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3483 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3484 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3485 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3486 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3487 * currently defined 3488 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3489 */ 3490 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3491 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3492 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3493 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3494 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3495 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3496 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3497 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3498 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3499 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3500 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3501 3502 /* keep last */ 3503 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3504 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3505 }; 3506 3507 /** 3508 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3509 * 3510 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3511 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3512 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3513 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3514 * capabilities IE 3515 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3516 * capabilities IE 3517 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3518 * capabilities IE 3519 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3520 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3521 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3522 * defined 3523 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3524 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3525 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3526 */ 3527 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3528 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3529 3530 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3531 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3532 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3533 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3534 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3535 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3536 3537 /* keep last */ 3538 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3539 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3540 }; 3541 3542 /** 3543 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3544 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3545 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3546 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3547 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3548 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3549 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3550 * defined in 802.11n 3551 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3552 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3553 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3554 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3555 * defined in 802.11ac 3556 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3557 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3558 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3559 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3560 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3561 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3562 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3563 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3564 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3565 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3566 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3567 */ 3568 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3569 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3570 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3571 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3572 3573 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3574 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3575 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3576 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3577 3578 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3579 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3580 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3581 3582 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3583 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3584 3585 /* keep last */ 3586 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3587 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3588 }; 3589 3590 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3591 3592 /** 3593 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3594 * 3595 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3596 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3597 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3598 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3599 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3600 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3601 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3602 */ 3603 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3604 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3605 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3606 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3607 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3608 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3609 3610 /* keep last */ 3611 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3612 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3613 }; 3614 3615 /** 3616 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3617 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3618 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3619 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3620 * regulatory domain. 3621 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3622 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3623 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3624 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3625 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3626 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3627 * (100 * dBm). 3628 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3629 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3630 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3631 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3632 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3633 * channel as the control channel 3634 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3635 * channel as the control channel 3636 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3637 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3638 * this includes 80+80 channels 3639 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3640 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3641 * isn't possible 3642 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3643 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3644 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3645 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3646 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3647 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3648 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3649 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3650 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3651 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3652 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3653 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3654 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3655 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3656 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3657 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3658 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3659 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3660 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3661 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3662 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3663 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3664 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3665 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3666 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3667 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3668 * currently defined 3669 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3670 * 3671 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3672 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3673 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3674 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3675 */ 3676 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3677 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3678 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3679 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3680 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3681 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3682 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3683 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3684 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3685 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3686 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3687 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3688 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3689 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3690 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3691 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3692 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3693 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3694 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3695 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3696 3697 /* keep last */ 3698 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3699 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3700 }; 3701 3702 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3703 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3704 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3705 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3706 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3707 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3708 3709 /** 3710 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3711 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3712 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3713 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3714 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3715 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3716 * currently defined 3717 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3718 */ 3719 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3720 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3721 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3722 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3723 3724 /* keep last */ 3725 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3726 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3727 }; 3728 3729 /** 3730 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3731 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3732 * regulatory domain. 3733 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3734 * regulatory domain. 3735 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3736 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3737 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3738 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3739 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3740 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3741 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3742 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3743 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3744 */ 3745 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3746 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3747 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3748 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3749 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3750 }; 3751 3752 /** 3753 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3754 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3755 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3756 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3757 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3758 * domain. 3759 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3760 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3761 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3762 * them to be applied. 3763 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3764 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3765 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3766 * domain request to be processed. 3767 */ 3768 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3769 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3770 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3771 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3772 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3773 }; 3774 3775 /** 3776 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3777 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3778 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3779 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3780 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3781 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3782 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3783 * band edge. 3784 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3785 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3786 * band edge. 3787 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3788 * frequency range, in KHz. 3789 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3790 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3791 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3792 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3793 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3794 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3795 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3796 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3797 * currently defined 3798 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3799 */ 3800 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3801 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3802 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3803 3804 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3805 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3806 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3807 3808 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3809 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3810 3811 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3812 3813 /* keep last */ 3814 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3815 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3816 }; 3817 3818 /** 3819 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3820 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3821 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3822 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3823 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3824 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3825 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3826 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3827 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3828 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3829 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3830 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3831 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3832 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3833 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3834 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3835 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3836 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3837 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3838 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3839 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3840 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3841 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3842 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3843 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3844 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3845 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3846 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3847 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3848 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3849 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3850 * attribute number currently defined 3851 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3852 */ 3853 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3854 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3855 3856 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3857 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3858 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3859 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3860 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3861 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3862 3863 /* keep last */ 3864 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3865 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3866 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3867 }; 3868 3869 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3870 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3871 3872 /** 3873 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3874 * 3875 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3876 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3877 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3878 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3879 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3880 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3881 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3882 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3883 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3884 * beaconing. 3885 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3886 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3887 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3888 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3889 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3890 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3891 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3892 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3893 */ 3894 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3895 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3896 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3897 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3898 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3899 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3900 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3901 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3902 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3903 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3904 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3905 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3906 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3907 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3908 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3909 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3910 }; 3911 3912 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3913 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3914 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3915 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3916 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3917 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3918 3919 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3920 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3921 3922 /** 3923 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3924 * 3925 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3926 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3927 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3928 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3929 */ 3930 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3931 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3932 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3933 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3934 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3935 }; 3936 3937 /** 3938 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3939 * 3940 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3941 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3942 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3943 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3944 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3945 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3946 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3947 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3948 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3949 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3950 * supported feature. 3951 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3952 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3953 */ 3954 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3955 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3956 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3957 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3958 }; 3959 3960 /** 3961 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3962 * 3963 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3964 * when getting information about a survey. 3965 * 3966 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3967 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3968 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3969 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3970 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3971 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3972 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3973 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3974 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3975 * channel was sensed busy 3976 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3977 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3978 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3979 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3980 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3981 * (on this channel or globally) 3982 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3983 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3984 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 3985 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3986 * currently defined 3987 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3988 */ 3989 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3990 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3991 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3992 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3993 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3994 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3995 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3996 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3997 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3998 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3999 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4000 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4001 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4002 4003 /* keep last */ 4004 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4005 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4006 }; 4007 4008 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4009 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4010 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4011 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4012 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4013 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4014 4015 /** 4016 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4017 * 4018 * Monitor configuration flags. 4019 * 4020 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4021 * 4022 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4023 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4024 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4025 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4026 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4027 * overrides all other flags. 4028 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4029 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4030 * 4031 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4032 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4033 */ 4034 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4035 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4036 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4037 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4038 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4039 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4040 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4041 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4042 4043 /* keep last */ 4044 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4045 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4046 }; 4047 4048 /** 4049 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4050 * 4051 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4052 * not known or has not been set yet. 4053 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4054 * in Awake state all the time. 4055 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4056 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4057 * neighbor's beacons. 4058 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4059 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4060 * for neighbor's beacons. 4061 * 4062 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4063 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4064 */ 4065 4066 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4067 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4068 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4069 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4070 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4071 4072 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4073 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4074 }; 4075 4076 /** 4077 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4078 * 4079 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4080 * active. 4081 * 4082 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4083 * 4084 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4085 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4086 * 4087 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4088 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4089 * 4090 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4091 * millisecond units 4092 * 4093 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4094 * on this mesh interface 4095 * 4096 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4097 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4098 * mesh 4099 * 4100 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4101 * point. 4102 * 4103 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4104 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4105 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4106 * set. 4107 * 4108 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4109 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4110 * target) 4111 * 4112 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4113 * (in milliseconds) 4114 * 4115 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4116 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4117 * 4118 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4119 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4120 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4121 * 4122 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4123 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4124 * reference element 4125 * 4126 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4127 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4128 * mesh 4129 * 4130 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4131 * 4132 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4133 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4134 * 4135 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4136 * root announcements are transmitted. 4137 * 4138 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4139 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4140 * Announcement frames. 4141 * 4142 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4143 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4144 * PERR element. 4145 * 4146 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4147 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4148 * 4149 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4150 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4151 * a peer link. 4152 * 4153 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4154 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4155 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4156 * 4157 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4158 * 4159 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4160 * 4161 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4162 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4163 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4164 * 4165 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4166 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4167 * 4168 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4169 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4170 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4171 * 4172 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4173 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4174 * 4175 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4176 * 4177 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4178 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4179 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4180 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4181 * 4182 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4183 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4184 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4185 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4186 * 4187 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4188 */ 4189 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4190 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4191 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4192 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4193 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4194 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4195 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4196 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4197 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4198 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4199 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4200 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4201 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4202 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4203 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4204 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4205 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4206 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4207 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4208 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4209 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4210 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4211 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4212 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4213 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4214 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4215 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4216 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4217 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4218 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4219 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4220 4221 /* keep last */ 4222 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4223 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4224 }; 4225 4226 /** 4227 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4228 * 4229 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4230 * changed while the mesh is active. 4231 * 4232 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4233 * 4234 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4235 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4236 * default HWMP. 4237 * 4238 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4239 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4240 * metric. 4241 * 4242 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4243 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4244 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4245 * metrics in use. 4246 * 4247 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4248 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4249 * 4250 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4251 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4252 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4253 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4254 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4255 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4256 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4257 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4258 * userspace daemon. 4259 * 4260 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4261 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4262 * neighbor offset synchronization 4263 * 4264 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4265 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4266 * 4267 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4268 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4269 * Default is no authentication method required. 4270 * 4271 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4272 * 4273 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4274 */ 4275 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4276 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4277 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4278 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4279 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4280 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4281 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4282 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4283 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4284 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4285 4286 /* keep last */ 4287 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4288 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4289 }; 4290 4291 /** 4292 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4293 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4294 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4295 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4296 * disabled 4297 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4298 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4299 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4300 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4301 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4302 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4303 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4304 */ 4305 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4306 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4307 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4308 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4309 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4310 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4311 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4312 4313 /* keep last */ 4314 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4315 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4316 }; 4317 4318 enum nl80211_ac { 4319 NL80211_AC_VO, 4320 NL80211_AC_VI, 4321 NL80211_AC_BE, 4322 NL80211_AC_BK, 4323 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4324 }; 4325 4326 /* backward compat */ 4327 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4328 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4329 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4330 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4331 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4332 4333 /** 4334 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4335 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4336 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4337 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4338 * below the control channel 4339 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4340 * above the control channel 4341 */ 4342 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4343 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4344 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4345 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4346 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4347 }; 4348 4349 /** 4350 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4351 * 4352 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4353 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4354 * 4355 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4356 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4357 * 4358 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4359 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4360 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4361 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4362 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4363 */ 4364 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4365 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4366 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4367 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4368 }; 4369 4370 /** 4371 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4372 * 4373 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4374 * attribute. 4375 * 4376 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4377 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4378 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4379 * attribute must be provided as well 4380 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4381 * attribute must be provided as well 4382 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4383 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4384 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4385 * attribute must be provided as well 4386 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4387 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4388 */ 4389 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4390 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4391 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4392 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4393 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4394 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4395 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4396 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4397 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4398 }; 4399 4400 /** 4401 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4402 * 4403 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4404 * 4405 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4406 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4407 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4408 */ 4409 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4410 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4411 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4412 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4413 }; 4414 4415 /** 4416 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4417 * 4418 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4419 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4420 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4421 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4422 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4423 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4424 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4425 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4426 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4427 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4428 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4429 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4430 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4431 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4432 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4433 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4434 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4435 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4436 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4437 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4438 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4439 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4440 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4441 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4442 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4443 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4444 * yet been received 4445 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4446 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4447 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4448 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4449 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4450 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4451 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4452 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4453 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4454 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4455 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4456 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4457 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4458 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4459 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4460 * is set. 4461 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4462 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4463 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4464 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4465 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4466 */ 4467 enum nl80211_bss { 4468 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4469 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4470 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4471 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4472 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4473 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4474 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4475 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4476 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4477 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4478 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4479 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4480 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4481 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4482 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4483 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4484 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4485 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4486 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4487 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4488 4489 /* keep last */ 4490 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4491 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4492 }; 4493 4494 /** 4495 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4496 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4497 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4498 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4499 * a given BSS. 4500 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4501 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4502 * 4503 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4504 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4505 */ 4506 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4507 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4508 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4509 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4510 }; 4511 4512 /** 4513 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4514 * 4515 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4516 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4517 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4518 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4519 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4520 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4521 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4522 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4523 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4524 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4525 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4526 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4527 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4528 */ 4529 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4530 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4531 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4532 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4533 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4534 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4535 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4536 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4537 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4538 4539 /* keep last */ 4540 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4541 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4542 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4543 }; 4544 4545 /** 4546 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4547 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4548 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4549 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4550 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4551 */ 4552 enum nl80211_key_type { 4553 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4554 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4555 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4556 4557 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4558 }; 4559 4560 /** 4561 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4562 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4563 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4564 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4565 */ 4566 enum nl80211_mfp { 4567 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4568 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4569 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4570 }; 4571 4572 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4573 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4574 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4575 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4576 }; 4577 4578 /** 4579 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4580 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4581 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4582 * unicast key 4583 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4584 * multicast key 4585 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4586 */ 4587 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4588 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4589 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4590 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4591 4592 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4593 }; 4594 4595 /** 4596 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4597 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4598 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4599 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4600 * keys 4601 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4602 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4603 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4604 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4605 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4606 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4607 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4608 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4609 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4610 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4611 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4612 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4613 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4614 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4615 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4616 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4617 * 4618 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4619 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4620 */ 4621 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4622 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4623 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4624 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4625 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4626 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4627 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4628 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4629 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4630 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4631 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4632 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4633 4634 /* keep last */ 4635 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4636 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4637 }; 4638 4639 /** 4640 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4641 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4642 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4643 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4644 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4645 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4646 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4647 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4648 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4649 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4650 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4651 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4652 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4653 */ 4654 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4655 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4656 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4657 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4658 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4659 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4660 4661 /* keep last */ 4662 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4663 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4664 }; 4665 4666 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4667 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4668 4669 /** 4670 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4671 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4672 */ 4673 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4674 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4675 }; 4676 4677 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4678 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4679 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4680 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4681 }; 4682 4683 /** 4684 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4685 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4686 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4687 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4688 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4689 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4690 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4691 */ 4692 enum nl80211_band { 4693 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4694 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4695 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4696 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4697 4698 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4699 }; 4700 4701 /** 4702 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4703 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4704 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4705 */ 4706 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4707 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4708 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4709 }; 4710 4711 /** 4712 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4713 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4714 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4715 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4716 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4717 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4718 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4719 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4720 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4721 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4722 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4723 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4724 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4725 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4726 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4727 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4728 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4729 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4730 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4731 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4732 * checked. 4733 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4734 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4735 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4736 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4737 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4738 * loss event 4739 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4740 * RSSI threshold event. 4741 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4742 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4743 */ 4744 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4745 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4746 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4747 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4748 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4749 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4750 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4751 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4752 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4753 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4754 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4755 4756 /* keep last */ 4757 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4758 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4759 }; 4760 4761 /** 4762 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4763 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4764 * configured threshold 4765 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4766 * configured threshold 4767 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4768 */ 4769 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4770 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4771 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4772 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4773 }; 4774 4775 4776 /** 4777 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4778 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4779 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4780 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4781 */ 4782 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4783 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4784 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4785 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4786 }; 4787 4788 /** 4789 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 4790 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 4791 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 4792 */ 4793 enum nl80211_tid_config { 4794 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 4795 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 4796 }; 4797 4798 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 4799 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 4800 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 4801 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 4802 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 4803 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 4804 * per peer instead. 4805 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if no peer 4806 * is selected, if set indicates that the new configuration overrides 4807 * all previous peer configurations, otherwise previous peer specific 4808 * configurations should be left untouched. If peer is selected then 4809 * it will reset particular TID configuration of that peer and it will 4810 * not accept other TID config attributes along with peer. 4811 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 4812 * Its type is u16. 4813 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 4814 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 4815 * Its type is u8. 4816 */ 4817 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 4818 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 4819 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 4820 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 4821 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 4822 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 4823 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 4824 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 4825 4826 /* keep last */ 4827 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4828 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4829 }; 4830 4831 /** 4832 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4833 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4834 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4835 * a zero bit are ignored 4836 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4837 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4838 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4839 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4840 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4841 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4842 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4843 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4844 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4845 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4846 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4847 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4848 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4849 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4850 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4851 */ 4852 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4853 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4854 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4855 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4856 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4857 4858 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4859 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4860 }; 4861 4862 /** 4863 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4864 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4865 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4866 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4867 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4868 * 4869 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4870 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4871 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4872 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4873 * by the kernel to userspace. 4874 */ 4875 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4876 __u32 max_patterns; 4877 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4878 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4879 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4880 } __attribute__((packed)); 4881 4882 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4883 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4884 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4885 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4886 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4887 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4888 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4889 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4890 4891 /** 4892 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4893 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4894 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4895 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4896 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4897 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4898 * any others are even supported by the device. 4899 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4900 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4901 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4902 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4903 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4904 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4905 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4906 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4907 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4908 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4909 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4910 * 4911 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4912 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4913 * 4914 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4915 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4916 * to the kernel when configuring. 4917 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4918 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4919 * by the device (flag) 4920 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4921 * done by the device) (flag) 4922 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4923 * packet (flag) 4924 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4925 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4926 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4927 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4928 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4929 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4930 * attribute contains the original length. 4931 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4932 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4933 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4934 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4935 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4936 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4937 * contains the original length. 4938 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4939 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4940 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4941 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4942 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4943 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4944 * the TCP connection. 4945 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4946 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4947 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4948 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4949 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4950 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4951 * service 4952 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4953 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4954 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4955 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4956 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4957 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4958 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4959 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4960 * supported by the driver (u32). 4961 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4962 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4963 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4964 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4965 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4966 * occurred. 4967 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4968 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4969 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4970 * these attributes must be present. If 4971 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4972 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4973 * channel. 4974 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4975 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4976 * 4977 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4978 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4979 */ 4980 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4981 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4982 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4983 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4984 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4985 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4986 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4987 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4988 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4989 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4990 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4991 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4992 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4993 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4994 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4995 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4996 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4997 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4998 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4999 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5000 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5001 5002 /* keep last */ 5003 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5004 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5005 }; 5006 5007 /** 5008 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5009 * 5010 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5011 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5012 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5013 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5014 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5015 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5016 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5017 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5018 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5019 * 5020 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5021 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5022 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5023 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5024 * also woken up. 5025 * 5026 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5027 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5028 */ 5029 5030 /** 5031 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5032 * @start: starting value 5033 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5034 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5035 * 5036 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5037 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5038 * in little endian. 5039 */ 5040 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5041 __u32 start, offset, len; 5042 }; 5043 5044 /** 5045 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5046 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5047 * @len: length of each token 5048 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5049 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5050 */ 5051 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5052 __u32 offset, len; 5053 __u8 token_stream[]; 5054 }; 5055 5056 /** 5057 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5058 * @min_len: minimum token length 5059 * @max_len: maximum token length 5060 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5061 */ 5062 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5063 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5064 }; 5065 5066 /** 5067 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5068 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5069 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5070 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5071 * (in network byte order) 5072 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5073 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5074 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5075 * might require ARP querying. 5076 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5077 * socket and port will be allocated 5078 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5079 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5080 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5081 * of the data payload. 5082 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5083 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5084 * advertising it is just a flag 5085 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5086 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5087 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5088 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5089 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5090 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5091 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5092 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5093 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5094 * but on the TCP payload only. 5095 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5096 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5097 */ 5098 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5099 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5100 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5101 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5102 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5103 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5104 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5105 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5106 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5107 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5108 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5109 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5110 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5111 5112 /* keep last */ 5113 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5114 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5115 }; 5116 5117 /** 5118 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5119 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5120 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5121 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5122 * 5123 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5124 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5125 */ 5126 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5127 __u32 max_rules; 5128 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5129 __u32 max_delay; 5130 } __attribute__((packed)); 5131 5132 /** 5133 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5134 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5135 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5136 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5137 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5138 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5139 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5140 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5141 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5142 */ 5143 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5144 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5145 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5146 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5147 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5148 5149 /* keep last */ 5150 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5151 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5152 }; 5153 5154 /** 5155 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5156 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5157 * in a rule are matched. 5158 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5159 * in a rule are not matched. 5160 */ 5161 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5162 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5163 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5164 }; 5165 5166 /** 5167 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5168 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5169 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5170 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5171 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5172 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5173 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5174 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5175 */ 5176 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5177 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5178 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5179 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5180 5181 /* keep last */ 5182 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5183 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5184 }; 5185 5186 /** 5187 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5188 * 5189 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5190 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5191 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5192 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5193 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5194 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5195 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5196 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5197 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5198 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5199 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5200 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5201 * different channels may be used within this group. 5202 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5203 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5204 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5205 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5206 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5207 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5208 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5209 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5210 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5211 * 5212 * Examples: 5213 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5214 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5215 * 5216 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5217 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5218 * 5219 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5220 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5221 * 5222 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5223 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5224 * 5225 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5226 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5227 * that any of these groups must match. 5228 * 5229 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5230 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5231 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5232 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5233 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5234 */ 5235 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5236 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5237 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5238 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5239 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5240 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5241 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5242 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5243 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5244 5245 /* keep last */ 5246 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5247 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5248 }; 5249 5250 5251 /** 5252 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5253 * 5254 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5255 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5256 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5257 * this mesh peer 5258 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5259 * from this mesh peer 5260 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5261 * received from this mesh peer 5262 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5263 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5264 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5265 * plink are discarded 5266 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5267 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5268 */ 5269 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5270 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5271 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5272 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5273 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5274 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5275 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5276 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5277 5278 /* keep last */ 5279 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5280 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5281 }; 5282 5283 /** 5284 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5285 * 5286 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5287 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5288 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5289 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5290 */ 5291 enum plink_actions { 5292 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5293 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5294 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5295 5296 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5297 }; 5298 5299 5300 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5301 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5302 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5303 5304 /** 5305 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5306 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5307 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5308 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5309 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5310 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5311 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5312 */ 5313 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5314 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5315 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5316 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5317 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5318 5319 /* keep last */ 5320 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5321 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5322 }; 5323 5324 /** 5325 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5326 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5327 * Beacon frames) 5328 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5329 * in Beacon frames 5330 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5331 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5332 */ 5333 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5334 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5335 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5336 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5337 }; 5338 5339 /** 5340 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5341 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5342 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5343 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5344 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5345 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5346 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5347 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5348 */ 5349 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5350 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5351 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5352 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5353 5354 /* keep last */ 5355 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5356 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5357 }; 5358 5359 /** 5360 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5361 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5362 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5363 * priority) 5364 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5365 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5366 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5367 * (internal) 5368 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5369 * (internal) 5370 */ 5371 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5372 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5373 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5374 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5375 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5376 5377 /* keep last */ 5378 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5379 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5380 }; 5381 5382 /** 5383 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5384 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5385 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5386 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5387 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5388 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5389 */ 5390 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5391 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5392 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5393 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5394 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5395 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5396 }; 5397 5398 /* 5399 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5400 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5401 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5402 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5403 }; 5404 */ 5405 5406 /** 5407 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5408 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5409 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5410 * socket option. 5411 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5412 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5413 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5414 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5415 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5416 * cellular base stations. 5417 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5418 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5419 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5420 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5421 * mode 5422 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5423 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5424 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5425 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5426 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5427 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5428 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5429 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5430 * setting 5431 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5432 * powersave 5433 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5434 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5435 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5436 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5437 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5438 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5439 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5440 * states using station flags. 5441 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5442 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5443 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5444 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5445 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5446 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5447 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5448 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5449 * still generated by the driver. 5450 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5451 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5452 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5453 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5454 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5455 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5456 * lifetime of a BSS. 5457 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5458 * Set IE to probe requests. 5459 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5460 * to probe requests. 5461 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5462 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5463 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5464 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5465 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5466 * Measurement Report action frame. 5467 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5468 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5469 * to enable dynack. 5470 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5471 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5472 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5473 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5474 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5475 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5476 * rts/cts handshake. 5477 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5478 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5479 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5480 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5481 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5482 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5483 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5484 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5485 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5486 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5487 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5488 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5489 * address mask/value will be used. 5490 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5491 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5492 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5493 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5494 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5495 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5496 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5497 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5498 */ 5499 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5500 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5501 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5502 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5503 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5504 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5505 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5506 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5507 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5508 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5509 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5510 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5511 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5512 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5513 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5514 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5515 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5516 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5517 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5518 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5519 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5520 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5521 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5522 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5523 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5524 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5525 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5526 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5527 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5528 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5529 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5530 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5531 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5532 }; 5533 5534 /** 5535 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5536 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5537 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5538 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5539 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5540 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5541 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5542 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5543 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5544 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5545 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5546 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5547 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5548 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5549 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5550 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5551 * (if available). 5552 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5553 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5554 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5555 * (if available). 5556 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5557 * channel dwell time. 5558 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5559 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5560 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5561 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5562 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5563 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5564 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5565 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5566 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5567 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5568 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5569 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5570 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5571 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5572 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5573 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5574 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5575 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5576 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5577 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5578 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5579 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5580 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5581 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5582 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5583 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5584 * be supported. 5585 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5586 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5587 * actual dwell time. 5588 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5589 * response 5590 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5591 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5592 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5593 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5594 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5595 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5596 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5597 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5598 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5599 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5600 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5601 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5602 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5603 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5604 * "radar detected" event. 5605 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5606 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5607 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5608 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5609 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5610 * TXQs. 5611 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5612 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5613 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5614 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5615 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5616 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5617 * timing measurement responder role. 5618 * 5619 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5620 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5621 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5622 * freeze the connection. 5623 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5624 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5625 * 5626 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5627 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5628 * scheduling. 5629 * 5630 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5631 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5632 * 5633 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5634 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5635 * 5636 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5637 * to a station. 5638 * 5639 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5640 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5641 * 5642 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5643 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5644 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5645 * 5646 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5647 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5648 * 5649 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5650 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5651 * handled as ordinary data frames. 5652 * 5653 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5654 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5655 */ 5656 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5657 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5658 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5659 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5660 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5661 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5662 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5663 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5664 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5665 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5666 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5667 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5668 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5669 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5670 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5671 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5672 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5673 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5674 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5675 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5676 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5677 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5678 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5679 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5680 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5681 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5682 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5683 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5684 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5685 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5686 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5687 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5688 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5689 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5690 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5691 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5692 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5693 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5694 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5695 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5696 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5697 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5698 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5699 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5700 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 5701 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 5702 5703 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5704 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5705 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5706 }; 5707 5708 /** 5709 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5710 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5711 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5712 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5713 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5714 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5715 * to the host. 5716 * 5717 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5718 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5719 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5720 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5721 */ 5722 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5723 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5724 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5725 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5726 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5727 }; 5728 5729 /** 5730 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5731 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5732 * handled by the AP is reached. 5733 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5734 */ 5735 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5736 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5737 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5738 }; 5739 5740 /** 5741 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5742 * 5743 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5744 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5745 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5746 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5747 */ 5748 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5749 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5750 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5751 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5752 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5753 }; 5754 5755 /** 5756 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5757 * 5758 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5759 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5760 * requests. 5761 * 5762 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5763 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5764 * one of them can be used in the request. 5765 * 5766 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5767 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5768 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5769 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5770 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5771 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5772 * when really needed 5773 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5774 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5775 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5776 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5777 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5778 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5779 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5780 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5781 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5782 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5783 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5784 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5785 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5786 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5787 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5788 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5789 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5790 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5791 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5792 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5793 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5794 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5795 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5796 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5797 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5798 * impacted with this flag. 5799 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5800 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5801 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5802 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5803 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5804 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5805 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5806 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5807 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5808 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5809 * possible. 5810 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5811 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5812 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5813 */ 5814 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5815 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5816 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5817 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5818 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5819 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5820 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5821 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5822 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5823 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5824 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5825 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5826 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5827 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5828 }; 5829 5830 /** 5831 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5832 * 5833 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5834 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5835 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5836 * 5837 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5838 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5839 * in ACL to authenticate. 5840 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5841 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5842 */ 5843 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5844 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5845 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5846 }; 5847 5848 /** 5849 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5850 * 5851 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5852 * 5853 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5854 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5855 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5856 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5857 */ 5858 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5859 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5860 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5861 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5862 5863 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5864 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5865 }; 5866 5867 /** 5868 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5869 * 5870 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5871 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5872 * 5873 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5874 * now unusable. 5875 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5876 * the channel is now available. 5877 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5878 * change to the channel status. 5879 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5880 * over, channel becomes usable. 5881 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5882 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5883 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5884 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5885 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5886 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5887 */ 5888 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5889 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5890 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5891 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5892 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5893 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5894 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5895 }; 5896 5897 /** 5898 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5899 * 5900 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5901 * 5902 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5903 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5904 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5905 * is therefore marked as not available. 5906 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5907 */ 5908 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5909 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5910 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5911 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5912 }; 5913 5914 /** 5915 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5916 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5917 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5918 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5919 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5920 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5921 */ 5922 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5923 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5924 }; 5925 5926 /** 5927 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5928 * 5929 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5930 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5931 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5932 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5933 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5934 */ 5935 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5936 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5937 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5938 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5939 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5940 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5941 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5942 }; 5943 5944 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5945 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5946 5947 /** 5948 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5949 * 5950 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5951 * 5952 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5953 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 5954 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 5955 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 5956 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 5957 */ 5958 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5959 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5960 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 5961 }; 5962 5963 /* 5964 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5965 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5966 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5967 */ 5968 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5969 5970 /** 5971 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5972 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5973 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5974 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5975 * added to this file when needed. 5976 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5977 */ 5978 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5979 __u32 vendor_id; 5980 __u32 subcmd; 5981 }; 5982 5983 /** 5984 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5985 * 5986 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5987 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5988 * 5989 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5990 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5991 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5992 */ 5993 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5994 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5995 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5996 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5997 }; 5998 5999 /** 6000 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6001 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6002 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6003 * seconds (u32). 6004 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6005 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6006 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6007 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6008 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6009 * currently defined 6010 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6011 */ 6012 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6013 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6014 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6015 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6016 6017 /* keep last */ 6018 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6019 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6020 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6021 }; 6022 6023 /** 6024 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6025 * 6026 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6027 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6028 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6029 */ 6030 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6031 __u8 band; 6032 __s8 delta; 6033 } __attribute__((packed)); 6034 6035 /** 6036 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6037 * 6038 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6039 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6040 * is requested. 6041 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6042 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6043 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6044 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6045 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6046 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6047 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6048 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6049 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6050 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6051 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6052 * 6053 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6054 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6055 * which the driver shall use. 6056 */ 6057 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6058 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6059 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6060 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6061 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6062 6063 /* keep last */ 6064 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6065 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6066 }; 6067 6068 /** 6069 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6070 * 6071 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6072 * 6073 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6074 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6075 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6076 */ 6077 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6078 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6079 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6080 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6081 6082 /* keep last */ 6083 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6084 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6085 }; 6086 6087 /** 6088 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6089 * 6090 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6091 * 6092 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6093 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6094 */ 6095 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6096 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6097 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6098 }; 6099 6100 /** 6101 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6102 * 6103 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6104 * 6105 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6106 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6107 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6108 */ 6109 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6110 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6111 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6112 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6113 }; 6114 6115 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6116 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6117 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6118 6119 /** 6120 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6121 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6122 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6123 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6124 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6125 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6126 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6127 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6128 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6129 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6130 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6131 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6132 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6133 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6134 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6135 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6136 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6137 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6138 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6139 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6140 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6141 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6142 * This is a flag. 6143 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6144 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6145 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6146 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6147 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6148 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6149 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6150 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6151 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6152 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6153 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6154 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6155 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6156 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6157 * 6158 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6159 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6160 */ 6161 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6162 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6163 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6164 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6165 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6166 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6167 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6168 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6169 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6170 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6171 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6172 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6173 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6174 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6175 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6176 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6177 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6178 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6179 6180 /* keep last */ 6181 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6182 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6183 }; 6184 6185 /** 6186 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6187 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6188 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6189 * This is a flag. 6190 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6191 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6192 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6193 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6194 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6195 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6196 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6197 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6198 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6199 */ 6200 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6201 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6202 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6203 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6204 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6205 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6206 6207 /* keep last */ 6208 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6209 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6210 }; 6211 6212 /** 6213 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6214 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6215 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6216 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6217 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6218 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6219 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6220 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6221 * 6222 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6223 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6224 */ 6225 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6226 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6227 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6228 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6229 6230 /* keep last */ 6231 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6232 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6233 }; 6234 6235 /** 6236 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6237 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6238 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6239 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6240 */ 6241 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6242 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6243 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6244 }; 6245 6246 /** 6247 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6248 * responder attributes 6249 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6250 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6251 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6252 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6253 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6254 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6255 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6256 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6257 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6258 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6259 */ 6260 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6261 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6262 6263 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6264 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6265 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6266 6267 /* keep last */ 6268 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6269 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6270 }; 6271 6272 /* 6273 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6274 * 6275 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6276 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6277 * 6278 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6279 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6280 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6281 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6282 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6283 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6284 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6285 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6286 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6287 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6288 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6289 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6290 * phase with the responder (u32) 6291 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6292 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6293 * FTM slot (u32) 6294 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6295 * scheduled window (u32) 6296 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6297 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6298 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6299 */ 6300 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6301 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6302 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6303 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6304 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6305 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6306 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6307 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6308 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6309 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6310 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6311 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6312 6313 /* keep last */ 6314 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6315 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6316 }; 6317 6318 /** 6319 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6320 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6321 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6322 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6323 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6324 */ 6325 enum nl80211_preamble { 6326 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6327 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6328 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6329 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6330 }; 6331 6332 /** 6333 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6334 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6335 * these numbers also for attributes 6336 * 6337 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6338 * 6339 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6340 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6341 */ 6342 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6343 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6344 6345 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6346 6347 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6348 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6349 }; 6350 6351 /** 6352 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6353 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6354 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6355 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6356 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6357 * reason may be available in the response data 6358 */ 6359 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6360 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6361 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6362 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6363 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6364 }; 6365 6366 /** 6367 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6368 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6369 * 6370 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6371 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6372 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6373 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6374 * (flag attribute) 6375 * 6376 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6377 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6378 */ 6379 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6380 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6381 6382 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6383 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6384 6385 /* keep last */ 6386 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6387 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6388 }; 6389 6390 /** 6391 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6392 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6393 * 6394 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6395 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6396 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6397 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6398 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6399 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6400 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6401 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6402 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6403 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6404 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6405 * (u64, usec) 6406 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6407 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6408 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6409 * result. 6410 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6411 * 6412 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6413 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6414 */ 6415 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6416 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6417 6418 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6419 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6420 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6421 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6422 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6423 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6424 6425 /* keep last */ 6426 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6427 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6428 }; 6429 6430 /** 6431 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6432 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6433 * 6434 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6435 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6436 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6437 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6438 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6439 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6440 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6441 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6442 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6443 * 6444 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6445 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6446 */ 6447 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6448 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6449 6450 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6451 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6452 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6453 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6454 6455 /* keep last */ 6456 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6457 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6458 }; 6459 6460 /** 6461 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6462 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6463 * 6464 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6465 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6466 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6467 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6468 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6469 * measurement results 6470 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6471 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6472 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6473 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6474 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6475 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6476 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6477 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6478 * sub-attributes taken from 6479 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6480 * 6481 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6482 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6483 */ 6484 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6485 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6486 6487 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6488 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6489 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6490 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6491 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6492 6493 /* keep last */ 6494 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6495 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6496 }; 6497 6498 /** 6499 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6500 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6501 * 6502 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6503 * is supported 6504 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6505 * mode is supported 6506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6507 * data can be requested during the measurement 6508 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6509 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6510 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6511 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6512 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6513 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6514 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6515 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6516 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6517 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6518 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6519 * is valid) 6520 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6521 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6522 * 6523 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6524 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6525 */ 6526 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6527 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6528 6529 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6530 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6531 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6532 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6533 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6534 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6535 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6536 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6537 6538 /* keep last */ 6539 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6540 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6541 }; 6542 6543 /** 6544 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6545 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6546 * 6547 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6548 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6549 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6550 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6551 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6552 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6553 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6554 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6555 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6556 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6557 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6558 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6559 * requested per burst 6560 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6561 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6562 * (u8, default 3) 6563 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6564 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6565 * (flag) 6566 * 6567 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6568 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6569 */ 6570 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6571 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6572 6573 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6576 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6577 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6579 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6580 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6581 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6582 6583 /* keep last */ 6584 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6585 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6586 }; 6587 6588 /** 6589 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6590 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6591 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6592 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6593 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6594 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6595 * try and get no response) 6596 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6597 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6598 * received 6599 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6600 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6601 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6602 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6603 */ 6604 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6605 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6606 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6607 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6608 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6609 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6610 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6611 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6612 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6613 }; 6614 6615 /** 6616 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6617 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6618 * 6619 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6620 * (u32, optional) 6621 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6622 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6623 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6624 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6625 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6626 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6627 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6628 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6629 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6630 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6631 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6632 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6633 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6634 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6635 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6636 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6637 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6638 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6639 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6640 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6641 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6642 * attributes) 6643 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6644 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6645 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6646 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6647 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6648 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6649 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6650 * optional) 6651 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6652 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6653 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6654 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6655 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6656 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6657 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6658 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6659 * Type 8. 6660 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6661 * (binary, optional); 6662 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6663 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6664 * Type 11. 6665 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6666 * 6667 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6668 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6669 */ 6670 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6671 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6672 6673 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6674 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6675 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6676 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6677 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6678 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6679 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6680 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6681 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6682 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6683 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6684 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6685 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6686 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6687 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6688 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6689 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6690 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6691 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6692 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6693 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6694 6695 /* keep last */ 6696 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6697 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6698 }; 6699 6700 /** 6701 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6702 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6703 * 6704 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6705 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6706 * 6707 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6708 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 6709 */ 6710 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 6711 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 6712 6713 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 6714 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 6715 6716 /* keep last */ 6717 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 6718 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6719 }; 6720 6721 /** 6722 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 6723 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6724 * 6725 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 6726 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 6727 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 6728 * 6729 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6730 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 6731 */ 6732 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 6733 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 6734 6735 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 6736 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 6737 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 6738 6739 /* keep last */ 6740 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 6741 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6742 }; 6743 6744 /** 6745 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 6746 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6747 * 6748 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 6749 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 6750 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 6751 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 6752 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 6753 * 6754 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6755 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 6756 */ 6757 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 6758 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 6759 6760 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 6761 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 6762 6763 /* keep last */ 6764 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 6765 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6766 }; 6767 6768 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 6769